-#LyX 2.2 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 503
+#LyX 2.3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 544
\begin_document
\begin_header
-\origin unavailable
+\save_transient_properties true
+\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
% the documentation team
% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
-\usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
-\ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
-
- % set fonts for nicer pdf view
- \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
-
-\fi % end if pdflatex is used
-
% for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
\usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
\language_package default
\inputencoding auto
\fontencoding global
-\font_roman "default" "default"
-\font_sans "default" "default"
-\font_typewriter "default" "default"
+\font_roman "lmodern" "default"
+\font_sans "lmss" "default"
+\font_typewriter "lmtt" "default"
\font_math "auto" "auto"
\font_default_family default
\use_non_tex_fonts false
\font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 100
\font_tt_scale 100 100
+\use_microtype false
+\use_dash_ligatures true
\graphics default
-\default_output_format default
+\default_output_format pdf2
\output_sync 0
\bibtex_command bibtex
\index_command default
\use_geometry false
\use_package amsmath 1
\use_package amssymb 1
-\use_package cancel 0
+\use_package cancel 1
\use_package esint 1
\use_package mathdots 1
-\use_package mathtools 0
+\use_package mathtools 1
\use_package mhchem 1
-\use_package stackrel 0
-\use_package stmaryrd 0
-\use_package undertilde 0
+\use_package stackrel 1
+\use_package stmaryrd 1
+\use_package undertilde 1
\cite_engine basic
\cite_engine_type default
\biblio_style plain
\paperorientation portrait
\suppress_date false
\justification true
-\use_refstyle 0
+\use_refstyle 1
+\use_minted 0
\notefontcolor #0000ff
\branch Question
\selected 1
\tocdepth 2
\paragraph_separation skip
\defskip medskip
-\quotes_language english
+\is_math_indent 0
+\math_numbering_side default
+\quotes_style english
+\dynamic_quotes 0
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
-\tracking_changes false
+\tracking_changes true
\output_changes false
\html_math_output 0
\html_css_as_file 0
\html_be_strict true
+\author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
\end_header
\begin_body
LatexCommand href
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
type "mailto:"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
Reconfigure
\family default
).
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The two braces in the \SpecialChar TeX
- Code box prevent that the term
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
- More about \SpecialChar TeX
- Code is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:TeX-Code"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, the printout of proper names like \SpecialChar LaTeX
- is explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:LyX's-Proper-Names"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
- See section 5.1 of the
+ See section
+\emph on
+Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files
+\emph default
+ of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
- (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Replace
\family default
- feature that is described in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ feature that is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Navigating ! Outline
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outline
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
-ces (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ces (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-), or notes, or citations (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+), or notes, or citations (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The “Filter” field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
- in the Outline.
- For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
- wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
+The
+\family sans
+Filter
+\family default
+ field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear in the outline.
+ For example, if you are displaying the list of
+\emph on
+Labels and References
+\emph default
+ and wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-sub:
+sub
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
2.4.1.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By right-clicking on a section in the outliner you can select the whole
+ section to copy, cut or delete it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Horizontal Scrolling
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Navigating ! Horizontal Scrolling
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ does not have a horizontal scrollbar because the standard output page formats
+ like e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+A4 are less wide than PC or laptop screens.
+ Therefore you will get troubles in the output of your document if document
+ parts exceed the width of the \SpecialChar LyX
+ main screen.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are of course exceptions where horizontal scrolling is necessary.
+ For example
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ is used on a small tablet computer
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Wide tables that are rotated 90° to fit a whole page
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+See section
+\emph on
+Rotated Floats
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Math constructs with long command names
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For these cases \SpecialChar LyX
+ has an mechanism that scrolls automatically when the cursor
+ is moved.
+ As example shrink the \SpecialChar LyX
+ windows so that table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is wider.
+ You will now see a dotted red line at the right or the left side of the
+ table.
+ Put the cursor into the table and move it with the Tab or the arrow keys
+ to see the horizontal scrolling of the table.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+placement h
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Horizontal scrolling test.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4.7cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4.7cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="4.7cm">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+a
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+b
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+c
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Input/Word Completion
\begin_inset CommandInset label
Shortcuts
\family default
.
- (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Tab"
description "Tabulator key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Esc"
description "Escape key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Ctrl"
description "Control key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Shift"
description "Shift key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Alt"
description "Alt or Meta key"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
here.
- You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
-
+ You can find details about the non-standard classes in chapter
+\emph on
+Special Document Classes
+\emph default
+ of the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Unavailable
\SpecialChar LyX
will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
See section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
files
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph default
in of the
\emph on
Customization
\end_inset
- See section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
- files
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- of the
+ See section Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ files of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! fancyhdr
+ packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-A0 - A6
+A0 – A6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-B0 - B6
+B0 – B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-C0 - C6
+C0 – C6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-JIS B0 - JIS B6
+JIS B0 – JIS B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! setspace
+ packages ! setspace
\end_layout
\end_inset
\emph on
environment
\emph default
-} ...
+} \SpecialChar ldots
\backslash
end{
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! enumitem
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
argument (menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Short Title
+Enumerate Options
\family default
) to the first item of each level in the list.
There you add the command
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! enumitem
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! enumitem
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Separator parbreak
+\begin_inset Separator plain
\end_inset
Start New Environment
\family default
.
- This inserts a plain separator (red line in LyX) and behind it the new
- list.
- Alternatively set the cursor at the end of a list item and press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-break"
-\end_inset
+ This inserts a plain separator (red line in \SpecialChar LyX
+) and behind it the new list.
+ The menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Start New Parent Environment
+\family default
+ only appears if the item is nested.
+ It does not only separate the list but also creates a new one outside the
+ nesting.
+\end_layout
- three times.
- This inserts a paragraph separator (red arrow in LyX).
+\begin_layout Standard
+By right-clicking on a separator one can change it into a paragraph separator
+ (red arrow in LyX).
The difference between both separator types is that the plain separator
only splits the list and not the current paragraph.
- One can change the separator type by right-clicking on it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
arg "paragraph-break"
\end_inset
- in a Standard environment immediately after a non-Standard one.
+ in a
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment immediately after a non-Standard one.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
's line breaking, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
is
very good at line breaking.
- There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessaryactively
- to set a line break, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections
+ There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to set
+ a line break actively, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Xe\SpecialChar TeX
- and especially Lua\SpecialChar TeX
-, are still rather new and thus not as mature as tradition
-al \SpecialChar LaTeX
- or PDF\SpecialChar TeX
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! aeguill
+ packages ! aeguill
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! fontenc
+ packages ! fontenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (see also sec.
+ (see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! CJK
+ packages ! CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! pstricks
+ packages ! pstricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
- output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
- (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
View (Other Formats)
\family default
or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/view-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "view-others"
\end_inset
.
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! babel
+ packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
as described in section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
Prevent Hyphenation
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Quotes
+Quotation Marks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Quotes
+Typography ! Quotation marks
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Quotes | see
+Quotation marks | see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
- usually sets quotes correctly.
- Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
- and use a closing quote at the end.
+ usually sets quotation marks correctly.
+ Specifically, it will insert an opening mark at the beginning of quoted
+ text, and use a closing mark at the end.
For example,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
"
\family default
- key produces using the submenu
+ key produces by using the submenu
\family sans
Language
\family default
\end_inset
- dialog in the box
+ dialog and switching the
\family sans
Quote Style
\family default
-.
- There are six choices:
+ (note that \SpecialChar LyX
+ makes a sensible proposal for the selected main language).
+ There are 14
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+choices:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\noindent
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Text
+Outer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
- Use quotes like
+ Produces
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-this
+these outer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes els
+\end_inset
+
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
+
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in the US)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes sls
+\end_inset
+
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes srs
\end_inset
\family default
- Use quotes like
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+these outer
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes sls
+\end_inset
+
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes srs
\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in Sweden)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-Text
+Outer
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
+\end_inset
+
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
- Use quotes like
+ Produces
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-this
+these outer
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes gls
+\end_inset
+
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes grs
+\end_inset
+
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in Germany)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
\family sans
\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
-Text
+Outer
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\end_inset
+
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
- Use quotes like
+ Produces
\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
-this
+these outer
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes pls
+\end_inset
+
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes prs
+\end_inset
+
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g., in Poland)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
\end_inset
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\begin_inset Quotes cls
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes crs
\end_inset
\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes cld
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes crd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes cls
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes crs
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-For single quotes you have to use the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "quote-insert single"
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
+g., in Switzerland)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Ligatures
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Ligatures
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ligatures | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-{
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes als
\end_inset
-Typography
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes als
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ars
+\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+g., in Denmark)
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Ligatures"
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
\end_inset
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
- print them as single characters.
- These groups are known as
-\emph on
-ligatures
-\emph default
-.
- Since \SpecialChar LaTeX
- knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the
- output.
- Here are the standard ligatures:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ff
-\end_layout
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fi
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fl
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffi
-\end_layout
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffl
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
- While a ligature may be okay in the word,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes qrd
\end_inset
-graffiti,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
\end_inset
- it looks really weird in compound words, such as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes qls
\end_inset
-cufflink
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ quotation marks (so-called plain or non-typographical quotation marks)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes bld
\end_inset
- or the German
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes brd
\end_inset
-Dorffest.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- To break a ligature, use
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Ligature
+and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Break.
-\family default
- This changes
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Quotes bls
\end_inset
-cufflinks
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes brs
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-cuff\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
-links
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes bld
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes brd
\end_inset
-Dorffest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes bls
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes brs
\end_inset
-Dorf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
-fest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-.
+g., in Great Britain)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\SpecialChar LyX
- and \SpecialChar LaTeX
- logos
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LyX
- ! Proper names
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:LyX's-Proper-Names"
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
+\end_inset
+
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Standard
-Via
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Special Characters
\family default
-, \SpecialChar LyX
- provides the following program logos with special formatting:
-\end_layout
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-\SpecialChar LyX
- The name of the game.
-\end_layout
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-\SpecialChar TeX
- The typesetting engine used by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes fls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- The \SpecialChar TeX
- macro colletion used by \SpecialChar LyX
-.
-\end_layout
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes frs
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-\SpecialChar LaTeX2e
- The current version of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g., in France)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes ild
\end_inset
-2
-\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ird
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- It is an old tradition in the \SpecialChar TeX
- world to give programs geek version numbers.
- For example the version number of \SpecialChar TeX
- converges to the number
-\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-: The actual version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset Quotes ils
\end_inset
-\SpecialChar TeX
--3.141592
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes irs
\end_inset
-, the previous one was
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes ild
\end_inset
-\SpecialChar TeX
--3.14159
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes ird
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes ils
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Units
-\begin_inset Index idx
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes irs
+\end_inset
+
+ quotation marks (another style common in France)
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Units
+Maybe you wonder why one does not simply use only outer marks in this case,
+ since these look identical to the inner marks.
+ The answer is that you cannot easily switch to another style then (where
+ the inner marks differ).
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
- space between two words.
- As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
- smaller.
- To get such a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes rld
\end_inset
-half space
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes rrd
\end_inset
- for units use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Thin
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space
-\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "space-insert thin"
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example to show the differences:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes rls
\end_inset
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes rrs
\end_inset
-h
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes rld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-space between number and unit
-\end_layout
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes rrd
+\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes rls
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes rrs
\end_inset
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-h
+g., in Russia)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes wld
+\end_inset
+
+Outer
+\begin_inset Quotes wrd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-half space between number and unit
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes wls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Widows and Orphans
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes wrs
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Widows and orphans
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes wld
\end_inset
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes wrd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes wls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
- happened to end.
- There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
- For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom
- of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom
- of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
- These bits of text became known as
-\emph on
-widows
-\emph default
- and
-\emph on
-orphans
-\emph default
-.
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes wrs
+\end_inset
+
+ quotation marks (another style common in Sweden)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Clearly, \SpecialChar LyX
- can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
- That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
- But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
- of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
- built into \SpecialChar LaTeX
- governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there specifical
-ly to prevent widows and orphans.
- If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them, you can add the commands
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\begin_inset Quotes jld
\end_inset
-\series bold
+\family sans
+Outer
+\family default
-\backslash
-widowpenalty=10000
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset Quotes jrd
\end_inset
-\backslash
-clubpenalty=10000
-\series default
+\family sans
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble of your document to avoid them.
- Some \SpecialChar LaTeX
- books (such as
+and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
-
-\end_inset
+\family default
- or
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes jls
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexguide"
+\family sans
+inner
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes jrs
\end_inset
-) have more information about the technical details of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-'s page break mechanism.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
-
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes jld
\end_inset
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes jrd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes jls
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes jrs
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
-\end_layout
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Notes
-\begin_inset Index idx
+g., in Japan)
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Notes
+Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols
+ in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Notes"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring <<Outer>> and <<inner>>:
+\begin_inset Quotes kld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Outer
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes krd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-\SpecialChar LyX
+
+\family sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+\family default
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes kls
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+inner
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes krs
\end_inset
+ Produces
+\begin_inset Quotes kld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+these outer
+\begin_inset Quotes krd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
- a \SpecialChar LaTeX
--comment when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
- via the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes kls
\end_inset
-(xxx)
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+these inner
+\begin_inset Quotes krs
\end_inset
+ quotation marks (as common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Comment
-status open
+g., in North Korea and China)
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in \SpecialChar LaTeX
--files.
+Note that these characters are just emulated with similar-looking math symbols
+ in many encodings that do not cover these glyphs.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Greyed
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inner quotation marks
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In many writing cultures, these are single quotation marks.
+ But as the British and French styles show, this is not necessarily the
+ case (and specifically the British style shows that
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
- set in the document settings under
-\family sans
-Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Greyed-out
-\begin_inset space ~
+outer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-notes
-\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ does not necessarily mean
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+double
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+).
+ This is why we call them
+\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
+inner
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+ as opposed to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is the text
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+outer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
- In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
+ quotation marks.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- of a comment that appears in the output.
-\end_layout
-
+ for quotations inside quotations (and other tasks in some languages, such
+ as
+\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
+scare quotes
+\begin_inset Quotes ers
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+) can be obtained by means of the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "quote-insert inner"
\end_inset
+ and via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Special Characters
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, the quotation mark styles are persistent.
+ That is to say, a quotation mark maintains the style that was current when
+ it was inserted, even if the document-wide style changes.
+ This allows you to enter marks of different style.
+ If you check the setting
+\family sans
+Use dynamic quotation marks
+\family default
+ in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Language
+\family default
+, however, special quotation marks will be inserted (in the LyX window,
+ they appear in a special color).
+ These marks will automatically adapt to the main style (and its changes).
+ Such quotation marks make it easy to alter the quotation mark style in
+ one step (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes.
+g., if your publisher requests a different style).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "note-insert"
+Individual quotation marks (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Note
-\family default
-.
- Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type.
+e., their level [inner, outer], side [opening, closing], and style) can be
+ easily switched by a context menu that pops up if you right-click on a
+ mark.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Footnotes
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Ligatures
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Footnotes
+Typography ! Ligatures
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Footnotes"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ligatures | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the menu
-
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Footnote
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
-,
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-you will see
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- a box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
- scale 80
+Typography
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+}
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
- This box is \SpecialChar LyX
-'s representation of your footnote.
- If you
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- left-click on
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-foot
-\family roman
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-label, the box will
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
- Clicking on the box label again will close
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- box
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-.
- If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
- and click on the footnote
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- toolbar
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-button
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Ligatures"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example footnote:
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
+ print them as single characters.
+ These groups are known as
+\emph on
+ligatures
+\emph default
+.
+ Since \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too in the
+ output.
+ Here are the standard ligatures:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ff
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fi
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
- position where the footnote box is placed.
- The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
- The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LyX
- according to the document class.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get other
- schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX
--commands.
- T
-\family roman
-h
-\family default
-ey are described in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fl
+\end_layout
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffi
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Marginal Notes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffl
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Marginal notes
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
+ While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+graffiti,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
+ it looks really weird in compound words, such as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+cufflink
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ or the German
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Dorffest.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- When you insert a margin note via the menu
+ To break a ligature, use
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Marginal
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Ligature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Note
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "marginalnote-insert"
-\end_inset
+Break.
-, you will see
-\family roman
-\series medium
-a
-\family default
-\series default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-box with the
\family default
-\series default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-label
+ This changes
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-margin
+cufflinks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- appearing within your text.
- This box is \SpecialChar LyX
-'s representation of your margin
-\family default
-\series default
-al
-\family roman
-\series medium
-note.
-\end_layout
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
-\family roman
-\series medium
+cuff\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
+links
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Marginal
-status open
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align left
-This is a marginal note.
-\end_layout
+Dorffest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Dorf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
+fest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
- In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
- pages, right on odd pages.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For further information about marginal notes see the section
-\emph on
-Margin
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Notes
-\emph default
- in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Graphics and Images
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Graphics
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ and \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Logos
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ ! Proper names
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Graphics"
+name "subsec:LyX's-Proper-Names"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
- you want and click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
-\end_inset
-
- or select
+Via
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Graphics
+Special Characters\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Logos
\family default
- from the menu.
- Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
+, \SpecialChar LyX
+ provides the following program logos with special formatting:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
- The
-\family sans
-Graphics
-\family default
- tab allows you to choose your image file.
- The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
- factor.
- The scaling units are explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ The name of the game.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "chap:Units-available-in"
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar TeX
+ The typesetting engine used by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ The \SpecialChar TeX
+ macro collection used by \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+ The current version of \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
- it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
- of the image in the output.
- The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
-
-\family sans
-Get
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-from
-\begin_inset space ~
+You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ version is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-file
-\family default
-.
- The option
-\family sans
-Clip
-\begin_inset space ~
+2
+\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-bounding
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-box
-\family default
- will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
- Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
- the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the
-\family sans
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-and
-\begin_inset space ~
+ It is an old tradition in the \SpecialChar TeX
+ world to give programs geek version numbers.
+ For example the version number of \SpecialChar TeX
+ converges to the number
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset
-LyX options
-\family default
- tab \SpecialChar LaTeX
- experts can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
- options.
- In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- The option
-\family sans
-Draft
-\begin_inset space ~
+: The actual version is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-mode
-\family default
- has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
- with the image size is printed.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
- Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
- in the text.
- This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- scale 70
-
+\SpecialChar TeX
+-3.141592
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
- the image into a float, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+, the previous one was
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Figure-Floats"
-
+\SpecialChar TeX
+-3.14159
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Image Formats
+Units
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Formats
+Typography ! Units
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Image-Formats"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert images in any known file format.
- But as we explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
+ space between two words.
+ As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
+ smaller.
+ To get such a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
-
+half space
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- therefore uses the program
-\family typewriter
-ImageMagick
-\family default
- in the background to convert the images to the right format.
- To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
- use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
+ for units use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
-
+Space
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "space-insert thin"
\end_inset
-.
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
+Here is an example to show the differences:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Bitmap
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
- They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
- Well-known bitmap image formats are
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Graphics Interchange Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+24
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- (GIF, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
+h
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.gif
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-GIF|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+space between number and unit
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
-
+24
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+\end_inset
+h
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+half space between number and unit
+\end_layout
-Portable Network Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
- (PNG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.png
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-)
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Widows and Orphans
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PNG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+Typography ! Widows and orphans
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_layout
-}
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
+ happened to end.
+ There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
+ For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom
+ of the page, the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom
+ of a page, or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
+ These bits of text became known as
+\emph on
+widows
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+orphans
+\emph default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Clearly, \SpecialChar LyX
+ can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
+ That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
+ But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
+ of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
+ built into \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there specifical
+ly to prevent widows and orphans.
+ If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them, you can add the commands
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+\backslash
+widowpenalty=10000
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Joint Photographic Experts Group
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\backslash
+clubpenalty=10000
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- (JPG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ preamble of your document to avoid them.
+ Some \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ books (such as
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.jpg
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ or
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.jpeg
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexguide"
+literal "true"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+) have more information about the technical details of \SpecialChar LaTeX
+'s page break mechanism.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-JPG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Notes
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+Notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Notes"
\end_inset
-.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Scalable
+\SpecialChar LyX
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
- data loss.
- The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
- presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
- Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
+Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Scalable image formats can be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Scalable Vector Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (SVG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
-\family typewriter
-.svg
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SVG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
+ a \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-comment when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ via the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(xxx)
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Note Comment
+status open
-}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-files.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Encapsulated PostScript
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
+ set in the document settings under
+\family sans
+Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Greyed-out
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- (EPS, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+notes
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.eps
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EPS|see
-\begin_inset ERT
+This is the text
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
+ In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+ of a comment that appears in the output.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Note
+\family default
+.
+ Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type.
+\end_layout
-Portable Document Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Footnotes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Footnotes
+\end_layout
- (PDF, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.pdf
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Footnotes"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the menu
+
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Footnote
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
-.
- We say
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+,
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+you will see
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ a box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/footnote.png
+ scale 95
+
\end_inset
-can be
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+ This box is \SpecialChar LyX
+'s representation of your footnote.
+ If you
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ left-click on
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
- result will not be scalable.
- In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
- image.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+foot
+\family roman
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+label, the box will
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
+ Clicking on the box label again will close
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ box
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+.
+ If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
+ and click on the footnote
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ toolbar
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+button
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only
-\emph on
-vice versa
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
+Here is an example footnote:
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Grouping of Image Settings
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Settings grouping
+To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
- group.
- Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
- of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
- the same way.
- So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
- need to manually change each of them.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A new group can be set by pressing the button
-\family sans
-Open
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-new
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-group
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
- Graphics
+The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
+ position where the footnote box is placed.
+ The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
+ The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LyX
+ according to the document class.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get other
+ schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-commands.
+ T
+\family roman
+h
\family default
- dialog in the
-\family sans
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-and
+ey are described in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX options
-\family default
- tab.
- Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
- and checking the name of the desired group.
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Tables
+Marginal Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables
+Marginal notes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Tables"
+name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
+Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ When you insert a margin note via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Marginal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Note
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "tabular-insert"
+arg "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Table
+, you will see
+\family roman
+\series medium
+a
\family default
-.
- A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
- The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
- from the rest of the table.
- This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
- have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
- them.
- Here is an example table:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\end_layout
-
+\series default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+box with the
+\family default
+\series default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+margin
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ appearing within your text.
+ This box is \SpecialChar LyX
+'s representation of your margin
+\family default
+\series default
+al
\family roman
\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+note.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
+\family roman
+\series medium
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Marginal
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+\align left
+This is a marginal note.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
+ In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
+ pages, right on odd pages.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For further information about marginal notes see the section
+\emph on
+Margin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Notes
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Graphics and Images
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Images
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-B
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Graphics
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\size normal
-\noun off
-\color none
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Graphics"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
+ you want and click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-C
+ or select
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ from the menu.
+ Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
+ The
+\family sans
+Graphics
+\family default
+ tab allows you to choose your image file.
+ The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
+ factor.
+ The scaling units are explained in Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
+ it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
+ of the image in the output.
+ The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
+
+\family sans
+Get
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\end_layout
+from
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+file
+\family default
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Clip
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Table dialog
-\end_layout
+bounding
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
- then choosing
+box
+\family default
+ will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
+ Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
+ the tab
\family sans
-More\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
+Clipping
\family default
.
- This brings up the table dialog.
- Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
- cursor is placed currently.
- Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
- This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
- done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In addition to the table dialog, the
+In the
\family sans
-table
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-toolbar
-\family default
- helps you in setting table properties.
- It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
-\end_layout
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
+LyX options
+\family default
+ tab \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ experts can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ options.
+ In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ The option
\family sans
-Table
+Draft
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Settings
+mode
\family default
- of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
- If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
- current cell respectively.
- The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
- is given.
- A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
- of text, see section
+ has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
+ with the image size is printed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
+ Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
+ in the text.
+ This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/mobius.eps
+ scale 70
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
+ the image into a float, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Table-Cells"
+reference "subsec:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
- using the check box
-\family sans
-Multicolumn
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Multirow
-\family default
-.
- This will merge the cells to
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- cell, spread over more than one column/row.
- Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
- and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
- Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
- in the last row without the upper border:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Image Formats
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-abc
+Images ! Formats
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-def ghi
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Image-Formats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert images in any known file format.
+ But as we explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-jkl
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ therefore uses the program
+\family typewriter
+ImageMagick
+\family default
+ in the background to convert the images to the right format.
+ To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
+ use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-B
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-C
-\end_layout
+images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
+ They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
+ Well-known bitmap image formats are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Graphics Interchange Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (GIF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-D
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.gif
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+GIF|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Portable Network Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.png
+\family default
-\begin_layout Standard
-Adept users can declare special \SpecialChar LaTeX
--arguments for the table.
- They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells,
- explained in the chapter
-\emph on
-Tables
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table.
- These rotations are not visible in \SpecialChar LyX
- but are visible in the output.
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PNG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\end_inset
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Most DVI-viewers are
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- able to display rotations.
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Borders
+\end_inset
+
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
\family default
- tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
- The button
-\family sans
-Default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
\family default
- adds lines for all cell borders.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Longtables
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Longtables
+JPG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Longtables
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
-\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-long
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-table
-\family default
- in the tab
-\family sans
-Longtable
-\family default
- of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
- Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Header
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable.
- except for the first page, if
-\family sans
-First
+Scalable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-header
-\family default
- is defined.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
+ data loss.
+ The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
+ presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
+ Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
+Scalable image formats can be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-header
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
-\end_layout
+Scalable Vector Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable,
- except for the last page, if
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-footer
-\family default
- is defined.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (SVG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
- You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Caption
+\family typewriter
+.svg
\family default
-.
- More about longtable captions can be found in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also specify a row where the table is split.
- If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
- that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
-
-\emph on
-empty
-\emph default
-.
- In this context, first means first in this order:
-\family sans
-Footer, Last
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-footer,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Header,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-header
-\family default
-; see the following longtable to see how it works:
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+SVG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Example Phone List (ignore the names)
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-NAME
-\end_layout
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.eps
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+EPS|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-TEL.
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Example Phone List
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Portable Document Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (PDF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-NAME
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-TEL.
-\end_layout
+.
+ We say
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+can be
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
+ result will not be scalable.
+ In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
+ image.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-continue ...
+In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only
+\emph on
+vice versa
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Grouping of Image Settings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Images ! Settings grouping
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Annovi
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
+\begin_layout Standard
+Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
+ group.
+ Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
+ of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
+ the same way.
+ So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
+ need to manually change each of them.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A new group can be set by pressing the button
+\family sans
+Open
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+new
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+group
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+ Graphics
+\family default
+ dialog in the
+\family sans
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Bertoli
+LyX options
+\family default
+ tab.
+ Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
+ and checking the name of the desired group.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Tables
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
+Tables
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Tables"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Bozzi
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Table
+\family default
+.
+ A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
+ The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
+ from the rest of the table.
+ This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
+ have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
+ them.
+ Here is an example table:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Cachia
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Cachia
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+
+\size normal
+\noun off
+\color none
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Concli
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
-\end_layout
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table Dialog
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
+ then choosing
+\family sans
+More\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+.
+ This brings up the table dialog.
+ Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
+ cursor is placed currently.
+ Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
+ This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
+ done on all of your selection.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In addition to the table dialog, the
+\family sans
+table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+toolbar
+\family default
+ helps you in setting table properties.
+ It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Settings
+\family default
+ of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
+ If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
+ current cell respectively.
+ The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
+ is given.
+ A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
+ of text, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Table-Cells"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
+ using the check box
+\family sans
+Multicolumn
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Multirow
+\family default
+.
+ This will merge the cells to
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ cell, spread over more than one column/row.
+ Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
+ and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
+ Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
+ in the last row without the upper border:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
+<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+abc
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+def ghi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+jkl
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Feliciello
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
+B
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+C
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+D
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Focarelli
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Adept users can declare special \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-arguments for the table.
+ They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells,
+ explained in the chapter
+\emph on
+Tables
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table.
+ These rotations are not visible in \SpecialChar LyX
+ but are visible in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Galletti
+Note:
+\series default
+ Most DVI-viewers are
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ able to display rotations.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Borders
+\family default
+ tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
+ The button
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ adds lines for all cell borders.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Multi-page Tables
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
+Tables ! Multi-page
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+Multi-page tables
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
+\family sans
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+multi-page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+table
+\family default
+ in the tab
+\family sans
+Multi-page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+table
+\family default
+ of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
+ Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable.
+ Except for the first page, if
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+header
+\family default
+ is defined.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable,
+ except for the last page, if
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+footer
+\family default
+ is defined.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
+ You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Caption
+\family default
+.
+ More about multi-page table captions can be found in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also specify a row where the table is split.
+ If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
+ that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
+
+\emph on
+empty
+\emph default
+.
+ In this context, first means first in this order:
+\family sans
+Footer, Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+footer,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Header,
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+header
+\family default
+; see the following longtable to see how it works:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
+<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Gasparini
+Example Phone List (ignore the names)
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Rizzardi
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+
\series bold
-Lassini
+Example Phone List
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+NAME
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+
\series bold
-Malfatti
+continue ...
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Meneguzzo
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Mezzadra
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pirpamer
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pochiesa
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
+Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111, 222
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Radina
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Stuffer
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
+Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tacchelli
+Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tezzele
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Frieda
+Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vieider
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hilde
+Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Vigna
+Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jürgen
+Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Weber
+Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Winkler
+Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franz
+Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+
+\series bold
+Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Franca
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Rizzardi
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Annovi
+Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bertoli
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
+Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Bozzi
+Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
+Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cachia
+Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Cinquemani
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Colin
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Concli
+Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
+Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
+Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
+Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Feliciello
+Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Focarelli
+Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Galletti
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
+Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Gasparini
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Rizzardi
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Lassini
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+111
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Malfatti
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Meneguzzo
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Mezzadra
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pirpamer
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Pochiesa
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
+Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555, 222
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Radina
+Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Stuffer
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tacchelli
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
+Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Tezzele
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
+Annamaria
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Feliciello
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Domenico
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Focarelli
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Galletti
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Oreste
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Gasparini
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Franca
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Rizzardi
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Lassini
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Giancarlo
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Malfatti
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Luciano
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Malfatti
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Valeriano
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Meneguzzo
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Roberto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Mezzadra
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Roberto
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Pirpamer
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Erich
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Pochiesa
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paolo
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555, 222
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Radina
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Claudio
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Stuffer
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Oskar
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Tacchelli
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ugo
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Tezzele
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
left-clicking on the box label.
A closed float box looks like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/floatQt4.png
+ filename clipart/float.png
scale 80
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Figure Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Figure-Floats"
+Figure Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Figure-Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Figure floats
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ was created using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Figure
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert figure"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
+ using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
+ to the left or right of the image and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Settings
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 50
+ width 50col%
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
+
+\end_inset
+
+A severely distorted platypus in a float.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
+ to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
+\end_inset
+
+) and refer to it using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using
+ vague references like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+the figure above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, because, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ will reposition the floats in the final document, it might
+ not be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ at all.
+ For more about cross-references, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
+ might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
+ This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
+ Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:List-of-Figures"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
+ You can also set the images one below the other.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Undefinable"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Platypus"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ are the subfigures.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Undefinable"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Undefinable
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
+ width 45col%
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Platypus"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Platypus
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 45col%
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Two distorted images.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table Floats
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Table floats
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Table floats can be inserted using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Table
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert table"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in
+ the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures
+ and that the label begins with “tab:”.
+ Table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Table-float"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is a table float.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Table-float"
+
+\end_inset
+
+A table float.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Joe
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mary
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ted
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d
+\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+More Information
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Details
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
+ It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
+ float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
+ caption.
+ All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter
+
+\emph on
+Floats
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Minipages
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Minipages
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, called
+ a minipage.
+ Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+apply.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Minipages in \SpecialChar LyX
+ have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Box
+\family default
+.
+ Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
+ and its alignment within the page.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "30col%"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+This is a minipage.
+ The text is set in an italic style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
+ another formatting.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
+\family sans
+Horizontal Fills
+\family default
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+thickness "0.4pt"
+separation "3pt"
+shadowsize "4pt"
+framecolor "black"
+backgroundcolor "none"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
+ box type.
+ All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
+\emph on
+Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Mathematical Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Formulas | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+Math
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Basics
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-mode on"
+\end_inset
+
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-mode"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
+ corners.
+ That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
+ what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
+ You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math
+\family default
+ menu.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
+ with the
+\family sans
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+toolbar
+\family default
+, that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
+ Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with an inline formula
+\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
+\end_inset
+
+ in it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
+ paragraph, like this one:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+A=B
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ also supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ math commands.
+ For example, typing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Navigating in Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Navigating
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
+ achieved with the arrow keys.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
+ The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ will leave a formula construct (a square root
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+, or parentheses
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
+\end_inset
+
+, or a matrix
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]$
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+ will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
+ cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+, printed in this document as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
+ characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
+ For this reason, you have to be careful about using
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+2x+1
+\series default
+ and not
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+2x
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
++1
+\series default
+, since in the latter case only the
+\family typewriter
+
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+ will be under the square root sign:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
+ in, such as:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
+ in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selecting Text
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
+ Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ and a cursor movement key to select text.
+ It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
+ Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
+ That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
+ but not in a normal text region in \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Exponents and Subscripts
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Exponents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Subscripts
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-superscript"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-subscript"
+\end_inset
+
+), but it is often much easier to use a command.
+ To get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type in a formula
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+.
+ The final
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
+ If you type
+\series bold
+x^2y
+\series default
+, you will get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\end_inset
+
+, to get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+y
+\series default
+.
+ If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
+ circumflex
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+^
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, you have to use an extra
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ to separate the circumflex and the character.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+x^
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+a
+\series default
+.
+ Subscripts are similar: To get
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+a_1
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Fractions
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Fractions
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Create a fraction either with the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\series default
+ or by using the icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\frac"
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+.
+ You will be presented with an empty fraction.
+ The cursor is above the fraction line.
+ To move it to the bottom, simply press
+\family sans
+Down
+\family default
+.
+ To move back up, press
+\family sans
+Up
+\family default
+.
+ Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5
+\end{array}\right)}\right]
+\]
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Roots
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Roots
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Roots can be created using the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panel
+\family default
+ buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\root"
+\end_inset
+
+ or the commands
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+.
+ With the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+ you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ always produces a square root.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Operators with Limits
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Sums
+\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Figure floats
+Math ! Integrals
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sum (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset
- was created using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Figure
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "float-insert figure"
+) and integral (
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
\end_inset
-).
- The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
- using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Graphics
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
+) operators are very often decorated with limits.
+ These limits can be entered in \SpecialChar LyX
+ by entering them as you would enter a super-
+ or subscript, directly after the symbol.
+ The sum operator will automatically place its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-).
- The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
- to the left or right of the image and using the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paragraph
-\begin_inset space ~
+limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Settings
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "layout-paragraph"
+ over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline
+ formulas, as in
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- lyxscale 50
- width 50col%
+, versus
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\]
\end_inset
-
+Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula
+ types.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
+\begin_layout Standard
+All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
+ display mode.
+ The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
+ behind the operator and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
+Limits
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Type
+\family default
+ or entering
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-limits"
\end_inset
-A severely distorted platypus in a float.
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Certain other mathematical expressions also have this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
+moving limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ feature, such as
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Limits
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
- to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
-) and refer to it using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
-\end_inset
-).
- It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using
- vague references like
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
+\]
+
\end_inset
-the figure above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+which will place the
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
\end_inset
-, because, as \SpecialChar LaTeX
- will reposition the floats in the final document, it might
- not be
+ underneath the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-above
+lim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- at all.
- For more about cross-references, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
-
+ in display mode.
+ In inline formulas it looks like this:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
- might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
- This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
- Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:List-of-Figures"
-
-\end_inset
+Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
+\series bold
+\backslash
+lim
+\series default
.
- Figure
+ Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+reference "subsec:Functions"
\end_inset
- is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
- You can also set the images one below the other.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ for an explanation of function macros.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Symbols
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Undefinable"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Symbols
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Platypus"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Most math symbols can be found in the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- are the subfigures.
+Panel
+\family default
+ under one of several categories; including
+\family sans
+Greek
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Operators
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Relations
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Arrows
+\family default
+.
+ There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
+ Society (AMS).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+If you know the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you
+ don't have to use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Panel
+\family default
+; you can type the command directly into the formula.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Altering Spacing
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Undefinable"
+Math ! Spaces
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Undefinable
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
+ \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ provides.
+ To do this, press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
\end_inset
+ or use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\space"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+ This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
+ For example, the sequence
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\,b$
+\end_inset
+
+ appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ as
\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- width 45col%
+ filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
\end_inset
-
+.
+ You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
+ the space marker and enter space again several times.
+ With every space enter the size will be changed.
+ Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialChar LyX
+, because they are negative
+ spaces.
+ Here are two examples:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 3×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 5×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\!b$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Functions
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Platypus"
+Math ! Functions
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Platypus
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Functions"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- lyxscale 60
- width 45col%
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Panel
+\family default
+ contains under the button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\functions"
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ a number of function macros, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
+\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
+,
+\emph on
+etc
+\emph default
+.
+ (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
+\series bold
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\backslash
+sin
+\series default
+ etc.).
+ Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
+ avoid confusions, because
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset
+ does normally mean
+\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
+
+\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
+\end_inset
+ is different from
+\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
-Two distorted images.
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts
+ are placed, as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Table Floats
+Accents
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Table floats
+Math ! Accents
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table floats can be inserted using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Table
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "float-insert table"
+In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
+ mode.
+ This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
+ You can also use \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ commands, for example, to enter
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
-.
- They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in
- the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures
- and that the label begins with “tab:”.
+ even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled.
+ Our example is entered by typing
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hat
+\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\end_inset
+
+a
+\series default
+ in a formula.
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Table-float"
+reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
- is a table float.
+ shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Table-float"
+name "tab:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
-A table float.
+Accent names and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+Name
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
+Command
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+E
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-3
+xample
\end_layout
\end_inset
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Joe
+circumflex
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Mary
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hat
\end_layout
\end_inset
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-Ted
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
+grave
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+\backslash
+grave
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-a & b\\
-c & d
-\end{array}\right]$
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
-\end_inset
-
-
+acute
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+\backslash
+acute
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-More Information
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Details
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
- It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
- float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
- caption.
- All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter
-
-\emph on
-Floats
-\emph default
- in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Minipages
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Minipages
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+umlaut
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page, called
- a minipage.
- Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-
-apply.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages in \SpecialChar LyX
- have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Box
-\family default
-.
- Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
- and its alignment within the page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "30col%"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-thickness "0.4pt"
-separation "3pt"
-shadowsize "4pt"
-framecolor "black"
-backgroundcolor "none"
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\shape italic
-This is a minipage.
- The text is set in an italic style.
-\end_layout
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\shape italic
-Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
- another formatting.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+ddot
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
-\family sans
-Horizontal Fills
-\family default
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
-
-\end_inset
-
-:
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-thickness "0.4pt"
-separation "3pt"
-shadowsize "4pt"
-framecolor "black"
-backgroundcolor "none"
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-thickness "0.4pt"
-separation "3pt"
-shadowsize "4pt"
-framecolor "black"
-backgroundcolor "none"
-status open
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+tilde
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
- box type.
- All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
-\emph on
-Boxes
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Mathematical Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Formulas | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-Math
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Basic Math Editing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Basics
-\end_layout
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-mode on"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-mode"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-).
- That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
- corners.
- That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
- what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
- You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- menu.
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+breve
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
- with the
-\family sans
-math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-toolbar
-\family default
-, that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
- Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with an inline formula
-\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
\end_inset
- in it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
- paragraph, like this one:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-A=B
-\]
+
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+caron
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- also supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
- math commands.
- For example, typing
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-alpha
-\series default
+check
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.
- Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Navigating in Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Navigating
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+macron
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
- achieved with the arrow keys.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
- The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- will leave a formula construct (a square root
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, or parentheses
-\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-, or a matrix
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]$
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-).
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Escape
-\family default
- will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
-
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
- cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+\backslash
+bar
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-, printed in this document as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
- characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
- For this reason, you have to be careful about using
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
- For example, if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, type
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+vector
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2x+1
-\series default
- and not
\series bold
\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
-\end_inset
+vec
+\end_layout
-2x
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-+1
-\series default
-, since in the latter case only the
-\family typewriter
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset
-\family default
- will be under the square root sign:
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
-\end_inset
-
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
- in, such as:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-\lambda_{1}\\
- & \ddots\\
- & & \lambda_{n}
-\end{array}\right)
-\]
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
-If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
- in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Selecting Text
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
- Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
\family sans
-Shift
+Frame
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+decorations
\family default
- and a cursor movement key to select text.
- It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
- Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
- That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
- but not in a normal text region in \SpecialChar LyX
-.
+ symbol set button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\hat"
+\end_inset
+
+ in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
+ a formula too.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Exponents and Subscripts
+\begin_layout Section
+Brackets and Delimiters
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Exponents
+Math ! Brackets
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Subscripts
+Math ! Delimiters
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
+There are several brackets available through \SpecialChar LyX
+.
+ For some purposes, using just the keys
+\family typewriter
+[]{}()|<>
+\family default
+ should suffice.
+ But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
+ or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
+ toolbar delimiter icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "math-superscript"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-subscript"
-\end_inset
+.
+ For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]
+\]
-), but it is often much easier to use a command.
- To get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
-, type in a formula
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
+ Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
-
-\series default
-.
- The final
-\family sans
-Space
+ and the expression on the right was entered using the
+\family typewriter
+()
\family default
- puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
- If you type
-\series bold
-x^2y
-\series default
-, you will get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
-\end_inset
+ keys.
+
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
+\]
-, to get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
-\end_inset
-y
-\series default
-.
- If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
- circumflex
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-^
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
+ that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
+ inside.
+\end_layout
-, you have to use an extra
+\begin_layout Standard
+To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
+ left side and right side.
+ If you use the option
\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- to separate the circumflex and the character.
- For example, if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-, type
-\series bold
-x^
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+Keep
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-a
-\series default
+matched
+\family default
+, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
+ The selection will be shown as \SpecialChar TeX
+ code.
+ If you want one side not to have a bracket, use
+\family sans
+(none)
+\family default
.
- Subscripts are similar: To get
-\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
-\end_inset
+ It will appear in \SpecialChar LyX
+ with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+\end_layout
-, type
-\series bold
-a_1
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square
+ root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that
+ is to go inside the brackets.
+ Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+.
+ The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
+ braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
+ For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and
+ enter
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-delim ( )"
\end_inset
-
-\series default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fractions
+\begin_layout Section
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Fractions
+Math ! Arrays
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Create a fraction either with the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-frac
-\series default
- or by using the icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\frac"
-\end_inset
-
- in the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-Panel
-\family default
-.
- You will be presented with an empty fraction.
- The cursor is above the fraction line.
- To move it to the bottom, simply press
-\family sans
-Down
-\family default
-.
- To move back up, press
-\family sans
-Up
-\family default
-.
- Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
-2 & 3\\
-4 & 5
-\end{array}\right)}\right]
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Matrices
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Roots
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Roots
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Roots can be created using the
+Matrices are entered in \SpecialChar LyX
+ using the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
- buttons
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
-\end_inset
-
- or
+ matrix button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\root"
+arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
\end_inset
- or the commands
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
.
- With the command
-\series bold
+ It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
- you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- always produces a square root.
-\end_layout
+The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Operators with Limits
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Sums
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
+.
+ When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
+ will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
+ This alignment is set in the box
+\family sans
+Horizontal
+\family default
+ with the letters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Integrals
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
+\family sans
+r
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sum (
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
-) and integral (
-\begin_inset Formula $\int$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) operators are very often decorated with limits.
- These limits can be entered in \SpecialChar LyX
- by entering them as you would enter a super-
- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
- The sum operator will automatically place its
+.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ proposes a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-limits
+
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline
- formulas, as in
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
+ for every column as default.
+ For example, the sequence
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, versus
+
+\family sans
+lcr
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
+ centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
+ corresponds to the relevant column.
+ The result will look like this:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+this & this\,column & this\,column\\
+column & has & has\,right\\
+has\,left\,alignment & center\,alignment & alignment
+\end{array}.
\]
\end_inset
-Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula
- types.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
- display mode.
- The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
- behind the operator and using the menu
+You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ while the cursor is in the matrix.
+ Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Math
+\family default
+ or the math toolbar.
+\end_layout
-Limits
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
+ It can be created with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cases
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Type
+Environment
\family default
- or entering
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-limits"
-\end_inset
+ or the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+cases
+\series default
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Certain other mathematical expressions also have this
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+-1 & x<0\\
+0 & x=0\\
+1 & x>0
+\end{cases}
+\]
-moving limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- feature, such as
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Limits
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
-\]
-
+Multi-line formulas are created when you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-which will place the
-\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+ within a formula.
+ In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
+ column.
+ When you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- underneath the
+ in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-lim
+=
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in display mode.
- In inline formulas it looks like this:
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
+ etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
+ is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
+ A new row is created by every further entry of
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
+ Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
+a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+\end_inset
+
+Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
+ in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
+\end{eqnarray*}
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-lim
+The multi-line formula type described here is called
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+eqnarray
+\family default
\series default
.
- Have a look at section
+ There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
+ for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:asquared"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The other types are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Functions"
+reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
- for an explanation of function macros.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Symbols
+\begin_layout Section
+Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Symbols
+Math ! Formula numbering
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Referencing formulas
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Most math symbols can be found in the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
- under one of several categories; including
-\family sans
-Greek
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Operators
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Relations
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Arrows
-\family default
-.
- There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
- Society (AMS).
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you know the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--command for a construct or symbol you wish to use, you
- don't have to use the
+To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
\family sans
-Math
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Number
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
-\family default
-; you can type the command directly into the formula.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
-\end_layout
+Whole
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Altering Spacing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+Formula
+\family default
+ or the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Spaces
-\end_layout
+.
+ The formula number appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ within parentheses.
+ The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated.
+ The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
+ the document class.
+ In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
+ separated by a dot:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{equation}
+1+1=2
+\end{equation}
\end_inset
+Using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
+ in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
+ You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
- \SpecialChar LaTeX
- provides.
- To do this, press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
+Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Number
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or use the
-\family sans
-Math
+This
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+Line
\family default
- button
+ or the shortcut
\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\space"
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-line-toggle"
\end_inset
-.
- This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
- For example, the sequence
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\,b$
-\end_inset
+ will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\\
+2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
+4 & \leq & 7
+\end{eqnarray}
- appears in \SpecialChar LyX
- as
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
+\end_inset
+To number all lines use the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
.
- You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
- the space marker and enter space again several times.
- With every space enter the size will be changed.
- Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialChar LyX
-, because they are negative
- spaces.
- Here are two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 3×
+Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
+ A label is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Space
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Label
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
+) when the cursor is in the formula.
+ This opens a dialog to enter the label.
+ It is recommended that you use the suggested
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 5×
\family sans
-Space
+eq:
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\!b$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Functions
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Functions
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
+ label type when you have many labels in your document.
+ We inserted in the following example the label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Functions"
-
+eq:tanhExp
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ in the second line:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
+ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
+\end{eqnarray}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
+ Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number.
+ You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
\family sans
-Math
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cross
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+Reference
\family default
- contains under the button
+ (toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\functions"
-\end_inset
-
- a number of function macros, such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
-,
-\emph on
-etc
-\emph default
-.
- (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
-\series bold
+).
+ A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
+ The reference appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
+ as the formula number:
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-sin
-\series default
- etc.).
- Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
- avoid confusions, because
-\begin_inset Formula $sin$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a cross-reference to equation (
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
- does normally mean
-\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
\end_inset
-.
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
-
-\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
+The properties of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s cross-reference box are described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- is different from
-\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
\end_inset
+.
+ To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
+ press
+\family sans
+Del
+\family default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts
- are placed, as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Section
+User defined math macros
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Macros
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
+ have equations of the same form in a document several times.
+ Math macros are explained in section
+\emph on
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Macros
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Fine-Tuning
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Accents
+Typefaces
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Accents
+Math ! Typefaces
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
- mode.
- This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
- You can also use \SpecialChar LaTeX
- commands, for example, to enter
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
+ To set a font in a formula, use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled.
- Our example is entered by typing
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-hat
-\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
-a
-\series default
- in a formula.
- Table
+, or enter its command, listed in table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
+reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
- shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
+, directly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Accent-names-and"
+name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
-Accent names and the corresponding commands.
+Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
<features tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Name
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Command
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-E
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-xample
-\end_layout
-
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-circumflex
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-hat
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-grave
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-grave
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+mathrm
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-acute
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-acute
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-umlaut
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-ddot
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+mathbf
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-tilde
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-tilde
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-dot
+mathit
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-breve
+mathtt
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-caron
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-check
+mathbb
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-macron
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
-bar
+mathfrak
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph off
+\emph on
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vector
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-\backslash
-vec
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathcal
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+\backslash
+mathsf
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
-\family sans
-Frame
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-decorations
-\family default
- symbol set button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\hat"
\end_inset
- in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
- a formula too.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Brackets and Delimiters
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Brackets
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Delimiters
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+\family sans
+Blackboard
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Calligraphic
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several brackets available through \SpecialChar LyX
-.
- For some purposes, using just the keys
-\family typewriter
-[]{}()|<>
+When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
+ Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
\family default
- should suffice.
- But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
- or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
- toolbar delimiter icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]
-\]
-
+ within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
+ space when you need a space in the box.
+ Here is an example where
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
- Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
-
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
+N
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and the expression on the right was entered using the
-\family typewriter
-()
+ in
+\family sans
+Blackboard
\family default
- keys.
-
+ denotes the set of numbers:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
+f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\:x\in\mathbb{N}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
- that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
- inside.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
- left side and right side.
- If you use the option
+The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
+ You can, for example, put a character in
\family sans
-Keep
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-matched
+Fraktur
\family default
-, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
- The selection will be shown as \SpecialChar TeX
- code.
- If you want one side not to have a bracket, use
+ in a box for
\family sans
-(none)
+Typewriter
\family default
-.
- It will appear in \SpecialChar LyX
- with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+So it is better not to use this feature.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square
- root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that
- is to go inside the brackets.
- Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
-.
- The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
- braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
- For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and
- enter
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-delim ( )"
+The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Arrays and Multi-line Equations
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Arrays
-\end_layout
+You can only print them emboldened using the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+, which works like the other typeface commands:
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Matrices
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+ works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Style
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Text
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+Math ! Text
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Matrices are entered in \SpecialChar LyX
- using the
+Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
+ not for text.
+ For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
+ the entry
+\family sans
+Normal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+mode
+\family default
+ of the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
Panel
\family default
- matrix button
+ button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
.
- It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Math text appears in \SpecialChar LyX
+ in black instead of blue.
+ You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-1 & 2 & 3\\
-4 & 5 & 6\\
-7 & 8 & 9
-\end{array}\right)
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
+-x & \mbox{under Umständen}
+\end{cases}
\]
\end_inset
-The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Font Sizes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Font sizes
+\end_layout
-.
- When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
- will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
- This alignment is set in the box
-\family sans
-Horizontal
-\family default
- with the letters
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
+ automatically chosen in most situations.
+ These are called
\family sans
-l
+textstyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
\family sans
-r
+displaystyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+scriptstyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
\family sans
-c
+scriptscriptstyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- proposes a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ For most characters,
\family sans
-c
+textstyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- for every column as default.
- For example, the sequence
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ and
\family sans
-lcr
+displaystyle
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
- centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
- corresponds to the relevant column.
- The result will look like this:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\begin{array}{lcr}
-this & this\,column & this\,column\\
-column & has & has\,right\\
-has\,left\,alignment & center\,alignment & alignment
-\end{array}.
-\]
-
+ are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
+ and certain other structures, are set larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+.
+ Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
+ situations, all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ thinks are appropriate.
+ These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\style"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
+.
+ A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
+ For example, you can set
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset
- while the cursor is in the matrix.
- Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
+, which is normally in
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math
+textstyle
\family default
- or the math toolbar.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
- It can be created with the menu
+, larger in
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Cases
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Environment
+displaystyle
\family default
- or the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-cases
-\series default
-.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
--1 & x<0\\
-0 & x=0\\
-1 & x>0
-\end{cases}
-\]
-
+:
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset
-
+.
+ The four styles are used in the following example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-Multi-line formulas are created when you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
-
- within a formula.
- In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
- column.
- When you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
+\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
\end_inset
- in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
\end_inset
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
\end_inset
- etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
- is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
- A new row is created by every further entry of
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
\end_inset
.
- Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
-a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
-\end{eqnarray}
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
+ is set in a particular size with the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
- in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray*}
-\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
-\end{eqnarray*}
-
+Style
+\family default
+, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
+ Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
+ will be adjusted to correspond.
+ As an example here is a formula in the font size
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The multi-line formula type described here is called
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-eqnarray
-\family default
-\series default
-.
- There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
- for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:asquared"
-
-\end_inset
-.
- The other types are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family roman
+\size largest
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Formula Numbering and Referencing
+AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Formula numbering
+AMS math
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Referencing formulas
+Math ! AMS
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Number
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Whole
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Formula
-\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The formula number appears in \SpecialChar LyX
- within parentheses.
- The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated.
- The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
- the document class.
- In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
- separated by a dot:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{equation}
-1+1=2
-\end{equation}
-
-\end_inset
-
-Using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
-\end_inset
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS)
+ that are in common use.
+\end_layout
- in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
- You can only number displayed formulas.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling AMS-Support
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
+You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in
+ the document by selecting the checkbox
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Number
+Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-This
+AMS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Line
-\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-line-toggle"
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-1 & = & 3-2\\
-2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
-4 & \leq & 7
-\end{eqnarray}
-
-\end_inset
+package
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
-To number all lines use the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
- A label is inserted with the menu
+ dialog under
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "label-insert"
-\end_inset
-
-) when the cursor is in the formula.
- This opens a dialog to enter the label.
- It is recommended that you use the suggested
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-eq:
+Options
\family default
+.
+ AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-errors in formulas,
+ ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+AMS-Formula Types
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
- as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
- label type when you have many labels in your document.
- We inserted in the following example the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-eq:tanhExp
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- in the second line:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
- & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
-\end{eqnarray}
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
+\end_layout
-Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
- Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number.
- You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Cross
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Reference
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
-\end_inset
-).
- A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
- The reference appears in \SpecialChar LyX
- as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
- as the formula number:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a cross-reference to equation (
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
+AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ provides a selection of different formula types.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ allows you to choose between
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+multline
+\family default
+.
+ We refer you to the AMS-documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "AMS"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
-).
+, for an explanation of these formula types.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The properties of \SpecialChar LyX
-'s cross-reference box are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
- press
-\family sans
-Del
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Chapter
+More Tools
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-User defined math macros
+Cross-References
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Macros
+Cross references
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Cross-References"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
- have equations of the same form in a document several times.
- Math macros are explained in section
-\emph on
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Macros
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Fine-Tuning
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Typefaces
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+One of \SpecialChar LyX
+'s strengths is cross-references.
+ You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
+ the document.
+ To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
+ The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
+ We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Typefaces
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First item
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "enu:Second-item"
+
\end_inset
+Second item
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Third item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
- To set a font in a formula, use the
+First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Panel
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Label
\family default
- button
+ or by pressing the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\font"
-\end_inset
-
-, or enter its command, listed in table
-\begin_inset space ~
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
+.
+ A gray label box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/label.png
\end_inset
-, directly.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+ is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
+ the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
+\family sans
+enu:Second-item
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
-\end_layout
-
+.
+ The prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+enu:
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
-\end_layout
+ stands for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+enumerate
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
+.
+ The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for
+ example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix
+ will be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+sec:
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Standard
+To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mathrm
-\end_layout
+.
+ A gray cross-reference box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/reference.png
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
+ is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
+ in the document.
+ We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+enu:Second-item
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathbf
+.
+ At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
+ in the output.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+As an alternative to
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select
+\family sans
+Copy as Reference
+\family default
+.
+ The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
+ to the actual cursor position via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paste
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paste"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is our cross-reference: Item
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathit
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is recommended to use a protected space
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
+described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathtt
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
-\end_inset
+ between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
+ line breaks between them.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are eight formats of cross-references:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathbb
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
+ normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
+Equation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
+ is omitted:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-\backslash
-mathfrak
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+<page>: prints the page number: Page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph on
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand pageref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mathcal
-\end_layout
+<page>: prints the text “on page” and the page number:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand vpageref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label
+ is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”;
+ if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on
+ the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page,
+ it prints “on the next page”.
+ The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-mathsf
-\end_layout
+<page>: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand vref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like
+\family sans
+\series bold
+<reference>
+\family default
+\series default
+; otherwise it behaves like
+\family sans
+\series bold
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+<page>
+\family default
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Formatted
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
-\family sans
-Blackboard
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Calligraphic
-\family default
-.
+ This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
- Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
- space when you need a space in the box.
- Here is an example where
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
-N
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in
-\family sans
-Blackboard
-\family default
- denotes the set of numbers:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\:x\in\mathbb{N}
-\]
+ installed.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
- You can, for example, put a character in
+You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX
+-package should be used for this feature by setting
+ the option
\family sans
-Fraktur
+Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
\family default
- in a box for
+ in the menu
\family sans
-Typewriter
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Document Class
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
-\end_inset
+.
+ The package
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ is the default and preferred because
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ supports only English documents.
+ The format is specified by using the command
+\series bold
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\backslash
+newrefformat
+\series default
+ (prettyref) or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newref
+\series default
+ (refstyle) in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ preamble of the document.
+ For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
+ shortcut
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-So it is better not to use this feature.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+fig
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+) can be done for
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ with this command:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-You can only print them emboldened using the command
+
\series bold
\backslash
-boldsymbol
+newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
+\backslash
+pageref{#1}}}
\series default
-, which works like the other typeface commands:
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Note that neither
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ nor
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+predefines reference formats for all available types.
+ This is especially true for the wide variety of mathematical `theorem'
+ environments.
+ So if you want to make formatted references to, say, Propositions, then
+ you will need to define the relevant format yourself.
+ For
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+, you might do so as follows:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
-boldsymbol
+newrefformat{prop}{Proposition
+\backslash
+ref{#1}}
\series default
- works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+For more information about defining formatted references, have a look at
+ the package documentation
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "prettyref,refstyle"
+literal "true"
+
\end_inset
-Style
-\family default
.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+The options
+\family sans
+Plural
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Capitalized
+\family default
+ will be available with formatted references only if you are using the
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ package.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Text
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+Textual
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Text
-\end_layout
+reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand nameref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
- not for text.
- For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
- the entry
-\family sans
-Normal
+\begin_layout Description
+Label
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-text
-\begin_inset space ~
+only: prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ label for the reference:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand labelonly
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+
\end_inset
-mode
-\family default
- of the
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+This allows for customization, using \SpecialChar TeX
+ Code, if you want to issue a command
+ that \SpecialChar LyX
+ does not support.
+ If you are using
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+, then you may want to use the
\family sans
-Math
+No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+Prefix
\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\font"
+ option, which will output only the part of the reference following the
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- Math text appears in \SpecialChar LyX
- in black instead of blue.
- You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
-x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
--x & \mbox{under Umständen}
-\end{cases}
-\]
-
+:
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Font Sizes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Font sizes
-\end_layout
-
+ separator.
+ This is the form needed for e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
- automatically chosen in most situations.
- These are called
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-scriptstyle
-\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-scriptscriptstyle
-\family default
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+'s range commands.The number and current page of the referenced document
+ part in the output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
- For most characters,
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
- are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
- and certain other structures, are set larger in
+ The varieties are adjusted in the field
\family sans
-displaystyle
+Format
\family default
-.
- Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
- situations, all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX
- thinks are appropriate.
- These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-insert \\style"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
- For example, you can set
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
-\end_inset
+ of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen
+ce.
+\end_layout
-, which is normally in
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can only use the style
\family sans
-textstyle
+<reference>
\family default
-, larger in
+ to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
\family sans
-displaystyle
+<page>
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The four styles are used in the following example:
+ is always possible.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
+ for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
+ it.
+ Referencing formulas is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
-\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
- is set in a particular size with the menu
+Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
+ The entry
\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Text
+Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Label
\family default
-, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
- Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
- will be adjusted to correspond.
- As an example here is a formula in the font size
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ sets the cursor before the referenced label.
+ This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-largest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Back
+\family default
+ so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
+ You can also go back with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
-:
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+You can change labels at any time.
+ References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
+ do not need to think about this.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\size largest
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
+\begin_layout Standard
+If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in \SpecialChar LyX
+ “BROKEN”
+ in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead
+ of the reference.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+References are described in detail in the section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+\emph on
+Referencing Floats
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
+Table of Contents and other Listings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AMS math
+Table of contents
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! AMS
+Navigating ! Outline
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Outline
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\SpecialChar LyX
- supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS)
- that are in common use.
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:toc"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Enabling AMS-Support
+Table of Contents
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in
- the document by selecting the checkbox
+The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
\family sans
-Use
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-AMS
+of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-math
+Contents
+\family default
+.
+ It is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
+ as a gray box.
+ If you click on it, the
+\family sans
+Outline
+\family default
+ window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
+ to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
+ So this operation is an alternative to the menu
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Outline
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-package
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings
+Pane
\family default
+ that is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:The-Outliner"
\end_inset
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Math
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
+ If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
+ in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Options
-\family default
-.
- AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
--errors in formulas,
- ensure that you have enabled AMS.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS-Formula Types
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Short-Titles"
\end_inset
+, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
+ Section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
\end_inset
-
+ describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
+ listed in the TOC.
+ Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- provides a selection of different formula types.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- allows you to choose between
-\family typewriter
-align
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-alignat
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-flalign
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-gather
-\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-multline
-\family default
-.
- We refer you to the AMS-documentation,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "AMS"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+List of Figures, Tables, Listings and Algorithms
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:List-of-Figures"
\end_inset
-, for an explanation of these formula types.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-More Tools
+\begin_layout Standard
+Table, figure, listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table
+ of contents.
+ You can insert them via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List/TOC
+\family default
+ submenus.
+ The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Cross-References
+URLs and Hyperlinks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Cross references
+URLs
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Cross-References"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hyperlinks
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-One of \SpecialChar LyX
-'s strengths is cross-references.
- You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
- the document.
- To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
- The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
- We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-First item
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_layout Subsection
+URLs
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "enu:Second-item"
+name "subsec:URLs"
\end_inset
-Second item
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Third item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
+Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Label
+URL
\family default
- or by pressing the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "label-insert"
-\end_inset
-
.
- A gray label box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/labelQt4.png
- scale 85
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
- is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
- the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example URL: \SpecialChar LyX
+'s homepage:
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-enu:Second-item
-\family default
+http://www.lyx.org
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The prefix
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-enu:
+\begin_layout Standard
+You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
+ in the style
+\family typewriter
+Typewriter
\family default
+.
+ To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
+ subsection.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
- stands for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ errors.
+\end_layout
-.
- The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for
- example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix
- will be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-sec:
-\family default
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Hyperlinks"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
+Hyperlink
\family default
- or the toolbar button
+ or with the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- A gray cross-reference box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
- scale 85
-
-\end_inset
-
- is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
- in the document.
- We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-enu:Second-item
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+arg "href-insert"
\end_inset
.
- At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
- in the output.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As an alternative to
+ The appearing dialog has two fields:
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
+Target
\family default
-, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select
+ and
\family sans
-Copy as Reference
+Name
\family default
.
- The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
- to the actual cursor position via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paste
-\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paste"
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
+ The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
+ The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
+literal "false"
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is our cross-reference: Item
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "enu:Second-item"
+, an Email address like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "lyx-docs mailing list"
+target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
+type "mailto:"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
-
+, or a link to a file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to use a protected space
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
-
+You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
+ adding the prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+run:
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
- line breaks between them.
+ to the link target.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are six formats of cross-references:
-\end_layout
+Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
+ and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
+ To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
+ the text style dialog.
+ This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
+\family sans
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
- normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Standard
+The link text color can be changed, when the option
+\family sans
+Color links
+\family default
+ is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+PDF Properties
+\family default
+).
+ The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
+ option
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Equation
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- is omitted:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
+\series bold
+urlcolor=blue
+\series default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+to the field
+\family sans
+Additional options
+\family default
+ in the PDF Properties dialog.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Appendices
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Appendix
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<page>: prints the page number: Page
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-on
+\begin_layout Standard
+Appendices are created with the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Start
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
+Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the text “on page” and the page number:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label
- is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”;
- if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on
- the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page,
- it prints “on the next page”.
- The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class.
+Here
+\family default
+.
+ This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
+ as the appendix part of the book.
+ This part is marked with a red borderline.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix,
+ numbered with a capital Latin letter.
+ The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
+ and the subsection number.
+ All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
+ here two examples:
+\end_layout
-on
+\begin_layout Standard
+Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-<page>: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Credits"
-If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like
-\family sans
-\series bold
-<reference>
-\family default
-\series default
-; otherwise it behaves like
-\family sans
-\series bold
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
+; Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>
-\family default
-\series default
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Formatted
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Export"
-reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
-\series bold
-prettyref
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-refstyle
-\series default
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliography
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! prettyref
+Bibliography
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! refstyle
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
- installed.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialChar LyX
+ document.
+ You can include a bibliography database, which is explained in sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
+
\end_inset
-You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package should be used for this feature by setting
- the option
+, or you can insert the bibliography manually, using the paragraph environment
+
\family sans
-Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
+Bibliography
\family default
- in the menu
+, which is described in the following section (but see also sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Biblio_environment"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in
+ this document, such as author-year citations, and if you have more than
+ a handful of references, then you should seriously consider
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+using a bibliography database.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In order to demonstrate the difference between these two approaches, we
+ use two bibliographies in this document, a
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Document Class
+Bibliography
\family default
-.
- The package
-\series bold
-refstyle
-\series default
- is the default and preferred because
-\series bold
-prettyref
-\series default
- supports only English documents.
- The format is specified by using the command
-\series bold
+ environment and a database-generated bibliography.
+ As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
+ only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
+ In other words, the database approach relieves you, amongst other things,
+ from the burden to check which entries you have actually cited.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-newrefformat
-\series default
- (prettyref) or
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Bibliography Environment
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
-\backslash
-newref
-\series default
- (refstyle) in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- preamble of the document.
- For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
- shortcut
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Within the
\family sans
-fig
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
+ with a number.
+ If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
+\family sans
+Key
+\family default
+ and a
+\family sans
+Label
\family default
+.
+ The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
+ entry.
+ Each entry needs to be given a unique key, which is one word consisting
+ of ASCII characters only.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ASCII means
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "this set"
+target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#Character_set"
+literal "false"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-) can be done with this command
+ of characters:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\series bold
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII
\backslash
-newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
-\backslash
-pageref{#1}}}
-\series default
+#Character_set
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
-,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "prettyref,refstyle"
-
-\end_inset
-.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Textual
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand nameref
-reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-
+ For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ and
+ we used
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+latexcompanion
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+, a short form of its title, as the key.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
- is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
-.
- The varieties are adjusted in the field
+You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu
\family sans
-Format
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Citation
\family default
- of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen
-ce.
-\end_layout
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can only use the style
+.
+ A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
+ containing the available citations.
+ Select one or more keys from the list and
\family sans
-<reference>
+Add
\family default
- to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+ them.
+ Then press
\family sans
-<page>
+OK
\family default
- is always possible.
+.
+ The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s).
+ If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change
+ the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
- for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
- it.
- Referencing formulas is explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
+ entry with surrounding brackets.
+ If you set a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
+ Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
-
+Credits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
- The entry
+Have a look at the
\family sans
-Go
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Label
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ Companion Second Edition
\family default
- sets the cursor before the referenced label.
- This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
-\family sans
-Go
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
-Back
-\family default
- so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
- You can also go back with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can change labels at any time.
- References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
- do not need to think about this.
+The \SpecialChar LyX
+-Team members are listed in the Credits:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "lyxcredit"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in \SpecialChar LyX
- “BROKEN”
- in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead
- of the reference.
+You can also produce author-year or author-number citations, using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+
+ package
+\series bold
+natbib
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! natbib
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-References are described in detail in the section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+.
+ In order to do so, the label needs to be given the form
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Author(Year)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Referencing Floats
+Author A and Author B(Year)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of the
+
\emph on
-Embedded
+without
+\emph default
+ a blank between the author(s) and the opening parenthesis that delimits
+ the year.
+ Then, if you select
+\family sans
+Natbib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Table of Contents and other Listings
+(BibTeX)
+\family default
+ in the document settings
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Table of contents
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Bibliography\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Style
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Outline
-\end_layout
+format
+\family default
+ (see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Citation-Format"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
\end_inset
+), you can select between different author-year or author-number styles.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:toc"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest
+ label via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Settings
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+).
+ All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Table of Contents
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
-
-\end_inset
-
+Bibliography databases
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography ! Databases
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Contents
-\family default
-.
- It is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
- as a gray box.
- If you click on it, the
-\family sans
-Outline
-\family default
- window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
- to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
- So this operation is an alternative to the menu
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Outline
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
-Pane
-\family default
- that is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:The-Outliner"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same references in different
+ documents.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
+ them.
+ Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
+ and reviews along with bibliographical information.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+ It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
+ entries.
+ You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
+ your working field in a database.
+ This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
+ the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
+ list for that document.
+ This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
+ you have cited.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
- If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
- in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+The database is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Short-Titles"
+\family sans
+.bib
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
- Section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+, containing the bibliography in a special format.
+ The format is explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX-2"
+literal "true"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
+ and in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ books (
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
- describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
- listed in the TOC.
- Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
-\end_layout
+).
+ The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
+ special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
+ A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialChar LyX
+ Wiki at
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Subsection
-List of Figures, Tables, Listings and Algorithms
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:List-of-Figures"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
+http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table, figure, listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table
- of contents.
- You can insert them via the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List/TOC
-\family default
- submenus.
- The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
-\end_layout
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports two different approaches to use bibliography databases in a document.
+ Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ is the classic technique that has been the only way to use such databases
+ for a long time.
+ It is quite established and mature and there is a huge range of existing
+ styles available.
+ But it has its drawbacks, especially when it comes to more complex bibliographi
+c needs and support for specific languages and scripts.
+ Those are addressed by
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
-\begin_layout Section
-URLs and Hyperlinks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-URLs
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
+.
+ It reads the same database format than Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ (although it has been significantly
+ extended beyond Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+'s scope)
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyperlinks
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Meaning: While
+\noun on
+Biblatex
+\noun default
+ can handle any classic Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ database, Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ might conversely fail to correctly
+ handle databases that use specific
+\noun on
+Biblatex
+\noun default
+ features.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-URLs
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:URLs"
-
\end_inset
-
+, but it uses a different framework to generate citations and references
+ from it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
+To select if Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ should be used, set in the document settings (menu
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-URL
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example URL: \SpecialChar LyX
-'s homepage:
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.lyx.org
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ under
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ the
+\family sans
+Style
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
- in the style
-\family typewriter
-Typewriter
+format
\family default
-.
- To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
- subsection.
+ to a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or a
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ format.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
- errors.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography ! Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyperlinks
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Hyperlinks"
-
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
+To access a database via Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+, use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Hyperlink
+List
\family default
- or with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "href-insert"
+/
+\family sans
+TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bib(la)TeX
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Bibliography
+\family default
.
- The appearing dialog has two fields:
+ A window will appear in which you can add one or more databases and select
+ a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+
\family sans
-Target
+ style
\family default
- and
+ file.
+ The option
\family sans
-Name
+Add bibliography to TOC
\family default
-.
- The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
- The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, an Email address like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "lyx-docs mailing list"
-target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
-type "mailto:"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, or a link to a file.
+ adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Content
+\family default
+ drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
+ in the document or just the cited references.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
- adding the prefix
+The Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ style file is a text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
-run:
+.bst
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to the link target.
-\end_layout
+ that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
+ Your \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
+ provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
+ layout.
+ It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
+ for experts.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For information on how this is done, have a look at
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
- and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
- To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
- the text style dialog.
- This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
-\family sans
-\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The link text color can be changed, when the option
-\family sans
-Color links
-\family default
- is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-PDF Properties
-\family default
-).
- The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
- option
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-urlcolor=blue
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-to the field
+ In this document we used the Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ style
\family sans
-Additional options
+alphadin.bst
\family default
- in the PDF Properties dialog.
+, which provides an alpha-numeric style in accordance with the German Standards
+ Institute (DIN).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Appendices
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Biblatex
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Appendix
+Bibliography ! Biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Appendices"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Appendices are created with the menu
+Accessing a database via
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ is almost identical to Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+: Use the menu
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Start
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Appendix
+Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
+List
+\family default
+/
+\family sans
+TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bib(la)TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Here
+Bibliography
\family default
.
- This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
- as the appendix part of the book.
- This part is marked with a red borderline.
+ In contrary to Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ you cannot select a
+\family sans
+style
+\family default
+ file.
+ The other dialog options are the same as with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix,
- numbered with a capital Latin letter.
- The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
- and the subsection number.
- All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
- here two examples:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ has two different style files: a bibliography style file (text file with
+ the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "chap:Credits"
+\family sans
+.bbx
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-; Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+) controls how the bibliography entries will look like and a citation style
+ file (text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Export"
+\family sans
+.cbx
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+) controls the look of the citation references in the text.
+ Usually such style files come in pairs and it makes sense to use matching
+ styles.
+ It is nevertheless possible to mix any citation style with any bibliography
+ style.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ styles are not set in the
+\family sans
+Bib(la)TeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
Bibliography
+\family default
+ dialog, but in the document settings.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ However, in the dialog in the
+\family sans
+Options
+\family default
+ field, which is only visible if you use
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+, you can enter options that determine how the bibliography is printed (for
+ example how its heading will appear).
+ These options are deescribed in detail in the
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ manual,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Biblatex"
+literal "true"
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Bibliography"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialChar LyX
--document.
- You can include a bibliography database,
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Known under the name
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- database
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
- manually, using the paragraph environment
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-, which was described in section
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserting a citation reference works as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "subsec:Biblio_environment"
+reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
\end_inset
.
- If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in
- this document, like author-year citations, then you must
-\emph on
-
-\emph default
-use a bibliography database.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Bibliography Environment
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Bibliography Processors
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Within the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
- with a number.
- If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
+To generate the bibliography from a database, \SpecialChar LyX
+ uses a bibliography processor,
+ that is an external program that reads the database, sorts the citations
+ and processes the data in a way it can be included in the document.
+ The classic program is called Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+.
+ It has the advantage that it is very mature and widespread, but the disadvantag
+e that it has severe limitations, due to its age.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Meanwhile, some alternatives have been developed that address some of these
+ limitations.
+ LyX natively supports some of them and lets you select a custom processor.
+ You can do this on a general level in
\family sans
-Key
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
\family default
- and a
+ or for individual documents in
\family sans
-Label
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bibliography
\family default
.
- The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
- entry.
- For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX
- and
- we used
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ The following variants are available by default:
+\end_layout
-latexcompanion
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+biber a specific, modern processor
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-, a short form of its title, as the key.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biber
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Citation
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
+ developed exclusively for
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ (it does not work with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+!).
+
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
+ provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory and many specific features
+
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ makes use of; if you use the
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ approach, it is strongly recommended to use
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
.
- A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
- containing the available citations.
- Select one or more keys from the list and
-\family sans
-Add
-\family default
- them.
- Then press
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
+ that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
+ with all bibliography packages, although it will probably fail with
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ bibliographies due to the limited memory.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding
+ (but no Unicode support), larger memory than
\family sans
-OK
+bibtex
\family default
-.
- The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s).
- If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change
- the reference.
+, works with all bibliography packages, although more complex
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ bibliographies will exceed its limits, and not all
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+ features are supported.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
- entry with surrounding brackets.
- If you set a
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1484331301
+By default (with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ bibliography processor set in
\family sans
-Label
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bibliography
\family default
- for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
- Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
-
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Credits
+Automatic
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-:
-\end_layout
+ bibliography processor in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+), \SpecialChar LyX
+ selects the most appropriate (available) processor for the current bibliogra
+phy approach (
+\change_unchanged
-\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at the
+\series bold
+biber
+\change_inserted -712698321 1484331301
+
+\series default
+ for
+\change_unchanged
+
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\change_inserted -712698321 1484331301
+
+\series default
+,
\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
- Companion Second Edition
+bibtex
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
+ for Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+-based bibliography styles).
+ This should suit most needs.
+\change_unchanged
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\change_inserted -712698321 1484331395
+In Japanese documents, a specific processor is used.
+ By default, this is
+\family sans
+pbibtex
+\family default
+, a
+\family sans
+bibtex
+\family default
+ variant specifically aimed at Japanese.
+ You can adjust it in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\family default
+.
+\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The \SpecialChar LyX
--Team members are listed in the Credits:
+Selected bibliography processors can be controlled with options that you
+ can add below the selection.
+ Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual
+ of Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
+,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "lyxcredit"
+key "BibTeX,biber"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Customizing
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest
- label via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Paragraph
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Settings
-\family default
- (toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "layout-paragraph"
-\end_inset
-
-).
- All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label.
+\SpecialChar LyX
+ supports some specific tasks such as sectioned bibliographies and multiple
+ bibliographies.
+ These are explained in detail in section
+\emph on
+Customizing Bibliographies
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or Biblatex
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography databases (Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-)
+Citation Format
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Databases
+Bibliography ! Citation format
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:Citation-Format"
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483888028
+Many different citation formats are common, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+g.
+ numerical citation (as used in this document), alpha-numerical citations
+ (as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
+Mil08
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+) or author-year citations (as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Miller (2008a)
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+).
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ supports these formats via specific citation packages and their style
+ files.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
- documents.
-\begin_inset Foot
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483888432
+By default, a simple numeric citation style (as in this document) is used.
+ In
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
- them.
- Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
- and reviews along with bibliographical information.
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483888079
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
- It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
- entries.
- You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
- your working field in a database.
- This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
- the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
- list for that document.
- This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
- you have cited.
+
+\family sans
+\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Bibliography
+\family default
+, however, you have a range of other options, depending on your preferred
+ bibliography approach.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The database is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483888408
+With the
\family sans
-.bib
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, your only choice besides manual formatting of the bibliography
+ labels, is
+\family sans
+Natbib
\family default
+, which gives you author-year and author-numerical citations (see above
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, containing the bibliography in a special format.
- The format is explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX-2"
+ for details).
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
- and in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
- books (
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483888505
+All other choices require a database approach, either Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ or
+\noun on
+Biblatex
+\noun default
+ (see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
+plural "false"
+caps "false"
+noprefix "false"
\end_inset
).
- The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
- special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
- A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialChar LyX
- Wiki at
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
+ Currently, the following options are available:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Basic
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+(BibTeX)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483888574
+the default
+\family sans
+BibTeX-based approached without any additional packages (simple numeric
+ citations)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use a database, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
-List
-\family default
-/
+\begin_layout Description
+Biblatex
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483889266
+loads the Biblatex package and lets you select a style in the combo boxes
+
\family sans
-TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
-BibTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Bibliography
+Biblatex citation style
\family default
-.
- A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
- In this window you can add one or more databases and select a
+ and
\family sans
-style
+Biblatex bibliography style
\family default
- file.
- The option
+ below.
+ Many different style variants are supported.
+ Options to the
\family sans
-Add bibliography to TOC
+Biblatex
\family default
- adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
- In the
+ package can be entered in the
\family sans
-Content
+Options
\family default
- drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
- in the document or just the cited references.
+ field.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The style file is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Description
+Biblatex
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(natbib
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+mode)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483889302
+loads the
\family sans
-.bst
+Biblatex
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ package with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
- Your \SpecialChar LaTeX
- distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
- provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
- layout.
- It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
- for experts.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For information on how this is done, have a look at
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+natbib compatibility mode
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ enabled.
+ This is a specific variant that is aimed at users who switch an existing
+ document that used
+\family sans
+Natbib
+\family default
+ (see below) or want to emulate
+\family sans
+Natbib
+\family default
+ behavior very closely.
+ Compared to normal
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+, this option has some additional styles.
+ Style selection and option handling are identical.
+ All
+\noun on
+Biblatex
+\noun default
+ styles are also supported by this variant.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
-
+\begin_layout Description
+Jurabib
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+(BibTeX)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483889321
+loads the
+\family sans
+Jurabib
+\family default
+ package which provides author-year styles particularly suited for law studies.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Natbib
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(BibTeX)
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483891582
+loads the
+\family sans
+Natbib
+\family default
+ package which provides citation styles particularly suited for the Humanities.
+\change_unchanged
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To generate the bibliography from a database, \SpecialChar LyX
- uses the program Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-.
- You can choose which of its variants should be used by \SpecialChar LyX
- as the
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483891665
+The
\family sans
-Processor
+Biblatex
\family default
- either in
+ variants and
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Bibliography
+Natbib
\family default
- or in
+ furthermore provide the choice between author-year and author-numerical
+ citation styles.
+ You have to select either of it in the dialog.
+ Note that in the
\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX
+Biblatex
\family default
-.
- The following variants are possible:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, but does not work
- with other bibliography packages (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ case, this only affects the appearance in the \SpecialChar LyX
+ workarea.
+ Whether the output uses numerical, author-year or another format such as
+ alpha-numerical depends only on the selected style (however, when switching
+ between
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+author-year
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-natbib
-\series default
-), only with the package
-\series bold
-biblatex
-\series default
-; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
- letters
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
- that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
- with all bibliography packages, except
-\series bold
-biblatex
-\end_layout
+author-numerical
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding,
- larger memory than
+, a suitable style is proposed).
+ With
\family sans
-bibtex
+Natbib
\family default
-, works with all bibliography packages
+, on the other hand, the dialog selection will ultimately determine the
+ style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Bib\SpecialChar TeX
- can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
- of the variants.
- Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual
- of
-\family sans
-Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX"
-
-\end_inset
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483890338
+For any author-year and author-numerical selection, multiple style variants
+ are available
+\change_deleted -712698321 1483890143
+I
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483890144
+i
+\change_unchanged
+n the citation reference dialog
+\change_deleted -712698321 1483890163
+ you can set a special citation format
+\change_unchanged
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you select the option
-\family sans
-Sectioned bibliography
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Bibliography
-\family default
- dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
- This and other options are explained in detail in section
-\emph on
-Customizing Bibliographies
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483891709
+ Some selections also provide further options, such as the option to uppercase
+ a name prefix such as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
- the two methods of creating them.
- As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
- only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
- We used the style file
-\family sans
-alphadin.bst
-\family default
- to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
-\end_layout
+van Beethoven
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Citation Format
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ (to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Citation format
-\end_layout
+Van Beethoven
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+) or to expand or reduce the number of displayed others (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+e., use or don't use
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+et al.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
+).
+
+\change_deleted -712698321 1483890219
For this feature you need to enable the option
\family sans
Natbib
For the global citation format use the Bib\SpecialChar TeX
style files as explained in
the previous section.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
- the citation reference window.
- Here is an example where the text
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483890476
+In the citation dialog,
+\change_deleted -712698321 1483890481
+Y
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483890482
+y
+\change_unchanged
+ou can also set text to appear
+\change_deleted -712698321 1483890531
+before or
+\change_unchanged
+after a citation reference,
+\change_deleted -712698321 1483890545
+in the citation reference window
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483890583
+e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+ page numbers, which will then be formatted according to the style's needs
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+ with or without
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+pp.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\change_unchanged
+.
+ Here is a
+\change_deleted -712698321 1483890682
+n
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483890683
+ simple
+\change_unchanged
+ example where the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
appears after the reference:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Quote
Have a look at
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
after "Chapter 3"
key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\change_inserted -712698321 1483890690
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1501054733
+All styles except for
+\family sans
+Basic (BibTeX)
+\family default
+ also provide a means to add text that precedes the reference (such as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+cf.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ This text is then also included in the parentheses, if the style requires
+ this.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\change_inserted -712698321 1484998495
+Note that these pre- and postnotes apply to the whole citation.
+ That is to say, if you refer to multiple references at one, the prenote
+ will precede the first citation in the list, the postnote will follow the
+ last.
+ Some
+\family sans
+Biblatex
+\family default
+ styles allow for adding pre- and postnotes to any individual reference
+ in a multi-citation (so-called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+qualified citation lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ \SpecialChar LyX
+ supports this.
+ If you use such a style, and if the current reference includes multiple
+ items, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Selected Citations
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ window will display three columns:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Text before
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Cite key
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Text after
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
+ If you double-click on an item's
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Text before
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Text after
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ field, you can add such individual pre- and postnotes.
+ In the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+General text before
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+General text after
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ input widgets, you can add pre- and postnotes that apply to the whole list.
+\change_unchanged
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
-to generate the index (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+to generate the index (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
makeindex
\family default
would for example print the index entry for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package aeguill in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+-package aeguill in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
-to generate the index, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+to generate the index, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LatexCommand cite
after "p. 678 ff."
key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "makeindex,xindy"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "makeindex-man,xindy"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! splitidx
+ packages ! splitidx
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! nomencl
+ packages ! nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\""
description "The quote sign is output by writing ‘ \"\"\"\" '"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "a"
description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
+literal "false"
\end_inset
prefix "sigma"
symbol "$\\sigma$"
description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl,makeindex"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
+inverted 0
status open
\begin_layout Standard
-Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
+
+\series bold
+Question:
+\series default
+ Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Answer
+inverted 0
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
-Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
+
+\series bold
+Answer:
+\series default
+ Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
if both branches were active.
This helps you to export different versions of your document easily.
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+There are also inverted branch insets, whose content is output just in case
+ the branch is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ activated.
+ This make it easy to add alternative text for different versions of a document.
+ To control whether a particular inset is inverted, right-click on the inset
+ button and choose
+\family sans
+Invert
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Inset
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
+inverted 1
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+No answer:
+\series default
+ Because the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Answer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ branch is deactivated.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Question
+inverted 0
status open
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Branch Answer
+inverted 0
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Customization
\emph default
manual, section
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\emph on
Flex insets and InsetLayout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
+\emph default
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! hyperref
+ packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "hyperref"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
Code.
Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard \SpecialChar LyX
text.
- For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
- using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The LyX way would be to use a framed box.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and are therefore using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command
\series bold
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename clipart/ERT.png
- scale 89
+ scale 95
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Catalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! caption
+ packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "caption"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
+\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
+\emph on
Custom Header/Footerlines
+\emph default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-styles:
+environments:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_layout Standard
for the different positions in the header/footer.
+ These environments can be selected in the environment pull-down box.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
footnotes).
Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
- the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
+ the chapter, company logo but you can use almost anything, except of floats.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To define your header line, add all three header styles.
- The things you add to the styles appear on odd numbered pages, the things
- in the optional arguments on even numbered pages.
+To define your header line, add all three header environments.
+ The things you add to each environment appear on odd numbered pages, the
+ things in the optional arguments on even numbered pages.
For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
can be omitted.
- If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
+ If you leave a header environment or its argument empty, nothing appears
+ in the output.
Defining the footer line works similarly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
Some pages are different.
- The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
- a new part or chapter in your book.
+ The title page has a header/footer environment of its own, and so does
+ any page that starts a new part or chapter in your book.
Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
\begin_layout Standard
where thickness is a size in standard units like
\family sans
+\emph on
pt
\family default
+\emph default
or
\family sans
+\emph on
mm
\family default
+\emph default
.
If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\begin_layout Standard
The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
- If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
+ If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Mittelbach"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
- this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
- However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
- text line.
+ this by adding a ragged line break in the style definition.
+ However, the default height of the header/footer is only the height of
+ one text line.
To expand the height, redefine the \SpecialChar LaTeX
length
\series bold
\backslash
footheight
\series default
- in this entry in
+ with this entry in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Lat
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-where height is a size in standard units.
- If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
- your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF.
+where
+\series bold
+height
+\series default
+ is a size in standard units (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+1cm
+\series default
+).
+ If you don't know how much space is needed for the height, define your
+ header/footer and preview your document as a PDF.
Then open the \SpecialChar LaTeX
logfile with the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
-LaTeX Log
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Log
\family default
and use the button
\family sans
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! fancyhdr
+ packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "fancyhdr"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! preview-latex
+ packages ! preview-latex
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}$
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! dvipost
+ packages ! dvipost
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew,Latvian,Lithuanian,Mongolian,Vietnamese"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
's internal XHTML engine
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+MS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Word
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Office
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Open
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+XML Office Open XML file, to be opened with
+\family sans
+Microsoft Word
+\family default
+.
+ For the conversion the program
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is used.
+
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
\family typewriter
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
+OpenDocument
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(Pandoc) OpenDocument file, to be opened with
\family sans
LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
\family default
-, etc.
- (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
- all cases)
+, etc..
+ For the conversion the program
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is used.
+
+\family typewriter
+Pandoc
+\family default
+ is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+OpenDocument
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(tex4ht) OpenDocument file.
+ For the conversion the program
+\family typewriter
+tex4ht
+\family default
+ is used.
+
+\family typewriter
+tex4ht
+\family default
+ is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PostScript format using the program
\family typewriter
dvips
+\family default
+; for possible
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ options see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:General-output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Table
+Table and Rows & Columns
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu only appears if the cursor is inside a table.
+These menus only appear if the cursor is inside a table.
It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders
- of a cell and to set the vertical alignment of the cell.Table Settings and
- Math
+ of a cell and to set the alignment of the cell.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
- a formula.
- Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
- The properties of tables are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Tables"
-
-\end_inset
-
-, the properties of formulas in chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Dissolve Inset
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu only appears if the cursor is inside an inset.
+ It will dissolve this inset.
+ This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
+ text.
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Settings or Math
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu is only active if the cursor is inside an inset or a formula.
+ Here you can change the properties of the inset or the formula.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Symbols
\family default
dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
- dialog (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ dialog (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! tipa
+ packages ! tipa
\end_layout
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Logos Inserts the logos of the programs \SpecialChar LyX
+, \SpecialChar TeX
+, \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ and \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Formatting
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Inter-word
+Interword
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Longtables ! Caption
+Tables ! Multi-page ! Caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
+Inserts a caption in a float or multi-page table.
Floats are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-; captions in longtables are described in the section
+; captions in multi-page tables are described in the section
\emph on
-Longtable Captions
+Multi-page Captions
\emph default
of the
\emph on
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyperlinks
+Hyperlink
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
\SpecialChar LyX
's menus.
- \SpecialChar LyX
- offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
- in the section
-\emph on
-External Material
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-program used.
You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something
to the clipboard or update the view.
- With the help of the logfile experts can find in it reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+With the help of the logfile, experts can find reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the button
+\family sans
+Open Containing Directory
+\family default
+ one can open \SpecialChar LyX
+'s temporary folder for the document.
+ This folder contains all converted and created files to generate the output.
+ Some of these files might be of interest for experts to solve problems
+ or for writers who need to supply intermediate files.
+ For example some journals require to send the
+\family sans
+*.bbl
+\family default
+ file (a text file with the used Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+ references).
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Start Appendix Here
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
manual for details).
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Disable Editing
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Toggles the read-only state for the document.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Settings
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The menu
\family sans
-\SpecialChar LaTeX
-
+LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show print"
+arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Print
+Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Spellchecker
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
+arg "spelling-continuously"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Spellchecker
+Spellcheck continuously
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/view-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "view-others"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/update-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "update-others"
\end_inset
*
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! prettyref
+ packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! refstyle
+ packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! babel
+ packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! polyglossia
+ packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! inputenc
+ packages ! inputenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! CJK
+ packages ! CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! japanese
+ packages ! japanese
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! CJK
+ packages ! CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! ucs
+ packages ! ucs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! inputenc
+ packages ! inputenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can specify if a citation style using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+Here you can specify if a specific citation style using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages
\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\series bold
natbib
\series default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! natbib
+ packages ! natbib
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! jurabib
+ packages ! jurabib
\end_layout
\end_inset
should be used.
- You can enable a
+ If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX
+, you can enable a
\family sans
Sectioned bibliography
\family default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! bibtopic
+ packages ! bibtopic
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and you can select a
+.
+ If you use
+\noun on
+Biblatex
+\noun default
+, you can select the style files and specify further options.
+ Finally, you can select a document-specific
\family sans
Processor
\family default
for the generation of the bibliography.
- For a further description see section
+ For a further description of these possibilities see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! amsmath
+ packages ! amsmath
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! amssymb
+ packages ! amssymb
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! cancel
+ packages ! cancel
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! esint
+ packages ! esint
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! mathdots
+ packages ! mathdots
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! mathtools
+ packages ! mathtools
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! mhchem
+ packages ! mhchem
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! stackrel
+ packages ! stackrel
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! stmaryrd
+ packages ! stmaryrd
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! undertilde
+ packages ! undertilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Output
+Formats
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Doc-Output"
+name "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
is used for the size of equations in the output.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Format The option
+\family sans
+Save transient properties
+\family default
+ controls whether document settings that are frequently switched or that
+ are specific to the user are saved with the document.
+ The properties that are affected by option are currently:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+the activation of change tracking
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+the output of tracked changes
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+the recording of the document directory path.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Disabling the option can prevent issues in collaborative work and/or when
+ using a version control system (for instance unnecessary merge conflicts).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
La
\family sans
LatexCommand href
name "this image"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-See sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+See section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
is checked, there will only be one close button (
\family sans
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/closetab.png
- scale 75
-
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "closetab"
\end_inset
\family default
) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
+ Regardless of this option, one can always close a tab by middle-clicking
+ it in the tab bar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
.
The standard value is 1.0; higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
slow it down.
+ With the option
+\family sans
+Middle mouse button pasting
+\family default
+ you can determine if pressing the middle mouse button (or the mouse wheel)
+ inserts the content of the clipboard.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Single instance
\family default
- feature, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ feature, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
to be relative to the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX
file.
- It is recommended that you always include ‘.' as one of the paths; otherwise
+ It is recommended that you always include '.' as one of the paths; otherwise
compilation may fail for some documents.
\end_layout
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! babel
+ packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! polyglossia
+ packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Subsection
General
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "subsec:General-output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search Commands that will be used for the menu
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search
+\family default
+.
+ For a detailed description see section
+\emph on
+Reverse DVI/PDF search
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Dvips
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Options Options for the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ that is used for the export format
+\family sans
+Postscript
+\family default
+, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "subsec:Export"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Possible options are listed in the
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ manual:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+https://www.tug.org/texinfohtml/dvips.html
+\backslash
+#Option-details
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
is allowed to overwrite on export.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Forward
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-search Commands that will be used for the menu
-\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
-Forward
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-search
-\family default
-.
- For a detailed description see section
-\emph on
-Reverse DVI/PDF search
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Features
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
La
\family sans
So there is no need to change the default encoding.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Default
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-paper
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
- The
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- value depends on your \SpecialChar LaTeX
--system setup.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Description
DVI
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lyxcredit"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand bibitem
label "Credits"
key "lyxcredit"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Credits"
target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexcompanion"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexguide"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexbook"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "texbook"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "TeXCatalogue"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "LaTeXFAQ"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
+http://www.tex.ac.uk/faq/
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX-2"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "Biblatex"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+biblatex
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biblatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "biber"
+literal "true"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/biber/documentation/biber.pdf"
+literal "false"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
+ package
+\series bold
+biber
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\SpecialChar LaTeX
+ packages ! biber
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/biber/documentation/biber.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "makeindex"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "makeindex-man"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Options"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "xindy"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "AMS"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "caption"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
caption
\series default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! caption
+ packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "enumitem"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
enumitem
\series default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! enumitem
+ packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "fancyhdr"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! fancyhdr
+ packages ! fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "hyperref"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! hyperref
+ packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "nomencl"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! nomencl
+ packages ! nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "prettyref"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! prettyref
+ packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "refstyle"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
--package
+ package
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\SpecialChar LaTeX
--packages ! refstyle
+ packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Arabic"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Armenian"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Cyrillic"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Farsi"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Hebrew"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Japanese"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Latvian"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Lithuanian"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Mongolian"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Vietnamese"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "NewInLyX20"
+literal "true"
\end_inset
LatexCommand href
name "Wiki-page"
target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset index_print
LatexCommand printindex
type "idx"
+name "Index"
+literal "false"
\end_inset
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff